2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
<title></title>
<style type="text/css">
/*
* compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
* modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
* compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
* Licence: Public Domain
*
* Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
*/
* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
img { border: 0; }
/*** Layout ***/
body { margin: 10px 20px; }
#header br { display: none; }
#revnumber { display: block; }
#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
#preamble .sectionbody,
h2,
h3,
h4,
h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.admonitionblock,
.listingblock,
.sidebarblock,
.exampleblock,
.tableblock,
.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
.tableblock thead th,
.tableblock tbody td,
.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
.ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
ol { margin-left: 2em; }
dd { margin-left: 3em; }
td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
/*** Fonts ***/
body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
font-weight: bold;
}
tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
font-style: italic;
}
.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
h3 { display: inline-block; }
h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
.tableblock table {
border-collapse: collapse;
border-width: 3px;
border-color: #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
}
.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
border-left: none;
}
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
border-top: 1px solid white;
border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
}
.tableblock table tr td p.table,
.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
border: 0px;
}
tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
li { color: #a0a0a0; }
li > * { color: black; }
span.aqua { color: aqua; }
span.black { color: black; }
span.blue { color: blue; }
span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
span.gray { color: gray; }
span.green { color: green; }
span.lime { color: lime; }
span.maroon { color: maroon; }
span.navy { color: navy; }
span.olive { color: olive; }
span.purple { color: purple; }
span.red { color: red; }
span.silver { color: silver; }
span.teal { color: teal; }
span.white { color: white; }
span.yellow { color: yellow; }
span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
span.black-background { background: black; }
span.blue-background { background: blue; }
span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
span.gray-background { background: gray; }
span.green-background { background: green; }
span.lime-background { background: lime; }
span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
span.navy-background { background: navy; }
span.olive-background { background: olive; }
span.purple-background { background: purple; }
span.red-background { background: red; }
span.silver-background { background: silver; }
span.teal-background { background: teal; }
span.white-background { background: white; }
span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
span.big { font-size: 2em; }
span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
/*** Misc ***/
.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
.attribution { text-align: right; }
ul { list-style-type: disc; }
ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
@media screen {
body {
max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
margin-left: 16em;
}
#toc {
position: fixed;
top: 0;
left: 0;
bottom: 0;
width: 13em;
padding: 0.5em;
padding-bottom: 1.5em;
margin: 0;
overflow: auto;
border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
background-color: white;
}
#toc .toclevel1 {
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
#toc .toclevel2 {
margin-top: 0.25em;
display: list-item;
color: #aaaaaa;
}
#toctitle {
margin-top: 0.5em;
}
}
</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
/*<+'])');
// Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
// nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
// browsers).
var iterate = function (el) {
for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
}
iterate(i);
}
}
}
iterate(el);
return result;
}
var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
if (!toc) {
return;
}
// Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
var i;
for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
&& entry.getAttribute("class")
&& entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild TOC entries.
var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
var entry = entries[i];
if (entry.element.id == "")
entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
var a = document.createElement("a");
a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
var div = document.createElement("div");
div.appendChild(a);
div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
toc.appendChild(div);
}
if (entries.length == 0)
toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
},
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Footnotes generator
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/* Based on footnote generation code from:
* http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
*/
footnotes: function () {
// Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
var i;
var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
if (!noteholder) {
return;
}
var entriesToRemove = [];
for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
entriesToRemove.push(entry);
}
for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
}
// Rebuild footnote entries.
var cont = document.getElementById("content");
var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
var refs = {};
var n = 0;
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
n++;
var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
if (!note) {
// Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
// Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
}
noteholder.innerHTML +=
"<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
"<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
}
}
if (n == 0)
noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
else {
// Process footnoterefs.
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
n = refs[href];
spans[i].innerHTML =
"[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
}
}
}
},
install: function(toclevels) {
var timerId;
function reinstall() {
asciidoc.footnotes();
if (toclevels) {
asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
}
}
function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
clearInterval(timerId);
reinstall();
}
timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
if (document.addEventListener)
document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
else
window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
}
}
asciidoc.install(3);
/*]]>*/
</script>
</head>
<body class="article">
<div id="header">
</div>
<div id="content">
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">USER MANUAL</span></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual authors</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, October 2015</em></span></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, an advanced dive logging program with
extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba
and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar
software solutions:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment,
even without a dive computer?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary
software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well
as open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-depth
recorder along with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers a standard
interface for downloading dive logs from all of these different pieces of
equipment, storing and analyzing the dive logs within a unified system.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible
with Mac, Linux and Windows, letting you access your dive log on each
operating system using a single application.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do you use Linux or Mac, but your dive computer has only Windows- based software
for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> provides a way of
downloading and analyzing your dive logs on other operating systems.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with, and takes
into account, dives you’
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet, letting
you view your dive log from anywhere using an Internet browser?
<em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel
based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built for
many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and
libdivecomputer are available.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This manual explains how to use the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To install
the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the
<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
Please discuss issues with this program by sending an email to
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs at
2016-12-30 13:28:25 +00:00
<a href="https://github.com/Subsurface-divelog/subsurface/issues">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to build the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the INSTALL file
included with the source code.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional
Divers</p></div>
<div id="toc">
<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
<noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_using_this_manual">1. Using this manual</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external controls for
paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on
the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see image below).
For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search text
box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the
search text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find
the previous and the next occurrence of the search term.
</p>
</li>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/UserManualSearch.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that
jump to specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the manual.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
This brings up a context menu to PREVIOUS links selected.
(see image below). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option
to <em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the previous link selected
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
(similar to the Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option
jumps to the
text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em>
option reloads the complete user manual into the window.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/UserManualLinksBack.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. The user survey</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible way,
it’
and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It is entirely
optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development
team. All data the user sends is useful, and will only be
used to steer future development and to customize the software to fit the needs of
the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or click the option not to
be asked again, that should be the last communication of this type you receive.
However, if your diving and/or subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in
another survey, just launch <em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Start Using the Program</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main
Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Help) at the top of the window (for Windows
and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The four panels are:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the
user’s
dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on
it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch
between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world map
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. The map
scale can be increased or decreased.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the
dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive or for all
highlighted dive(s).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. You can zoom
into the dive profile for a more detailed view.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of
the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next
time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last time the program was used.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed information
and profile of
the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective panels. If
several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the <em>selected
dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab
of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water
temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives selected).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the
<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for
all highlighted dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options
can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a particular system
are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. Since different Operating
Systems and the user’
shortcut keys, they are not listed in this user manual.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no
information at all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the
following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be explained.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Creating a new logbook</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are
cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an
open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be
saved before a new logbook is created.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
one of these approaches:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’
use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See:
<a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet
or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and
to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format</a>.
</p>
</li>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile
and a large amount of additional information can be accessed.
These dives can be imported from:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
The dive computer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</a>;
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer
to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles.
See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record
of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important information
in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, duration,
depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive guide, and
some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log
→ Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels
on which to enter
information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and
<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical profile
of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and
<span class="red">C</span>
in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>,
indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is
displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered.
When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
before applying the information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the information
for this specific dive is saved in memory but NOT written to disk.
The <em>Apply changes</em> button should ONLY be selected after all parts
of a dive have been entered. When closing Subsurface, the program will
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the
<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, <em>Subsurface</em>
presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to best represent the
dive described:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive profile,
its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below.
The time and depth
represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the black information box
(@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are determined by the
<strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises several
line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as shown
above). The default dive depth is 15 m.
If the dive depth was 20 m then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints
downward to 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on
any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it.
To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the
context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an
accurate
time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive
to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated
along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas
mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the
profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can
be changed by right-clicking on the particular
waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing
the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of
that
waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the
context menu (see image below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have
a fuller record of the dive. To do this,
the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the
<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on
<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
information about
each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent
and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can capture this information,
using dive details from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list of supported
dive computers can be found at:
<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in
PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
recommend the user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when
connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive
computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to
the dive computer’s manual
if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its batteries
while connected to the USB port.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
<em>Subsurface</em>,
the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one another.
This
involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) of the computer
with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive computer. To set up
this communication, users need to find the appropriate information to
instruct
<em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive information.
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for different
operating
systems and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these steps:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
(Refer to the manual of the specific dive computer)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import
From Dive Computer</em>.
Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even
though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if
the dive computer allows this,
<em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. This makes
the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves battery power
of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g.
Suunto, Oceanic,
Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model name of
the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), or Puck
(Mares).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth port
name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive computer.
The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
and
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for a
specific dive
computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings to the operating
system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only downloads
dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. If one
or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally deleted or if there
are older dives that still need to be downloaded from the dive computer, this
box needs to be checked. Some dive computers (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide
a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the download in order to select only new dives.
Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded
irrespective of the status of this check box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em>
has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on
the dive computer and on the <em>Subsurface</em>
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog will be overwritten
by the dive record from the computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the downloaded dives
are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
<em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
when there are problems with downloads(see below).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then select the <em>Download</em> button.
With communication established, you can see how the data are
retrieved from the dive computer.
Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this
could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue
shows a
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers
progress information could be inaccurate since <em>Subsurface</em> doesn’
downloadable data there are until the download is complete.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, showing the date, duration
and depth. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are
checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then
click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear
in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and time. Disconnect and
switch off the dive
computer to conserve its battery power.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
message is shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
(Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or
Upload mode?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the dive computer’
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other
software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are the contacts
on the dive computer and the cable clean?
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
to be sure the correct Mount Point
was specified (see above).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
USB port? If not, consult
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by
showing an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and <em>Subsurface</em>.
It’
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following
two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the
<em>Subsurface</em>
dive log is kept.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
checked, no dives are added to the
<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>subsurface.log
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a
request for the files to be analyzed. Provide the dive computer
make and model
as well as contextual information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive computers
and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel
Mk2 and the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication requires
four steps:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Ensure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Ensure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in PC upload mode.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Ensure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Import → Import from dive computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. After checking the
box labelled <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_on_linux_or_macos">On Linux or MacOS:</h5>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name
of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side,
On the left hand side, if the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices you can use
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to <em>Subsurface</em>.
The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown below
the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box.
If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Bluetooth device. Ensure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth utilities like
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This completes the first two steps above.
Ensure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and it
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of the dive
computer for more information. Now the third item in the list above has been finished.
Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue above. After
searching, the dive computer should be listed
(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on the
lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, select
the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the <em>Scan</em>
button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive computer.
The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of the device, its
address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired and has a red
background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting the item with a
right-click.
Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer
is being paired to Subsurface for the first time, it’
request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the
dive computer being used.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use other
OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
Request PIN code
[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
</div></div>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue.
This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from
dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are
shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_on_windows">On Windows:</h5>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the right is not displayed as
is the case on the Linux/Mac systems.
To start a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button)
check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting
the dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer
is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’
request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer.
A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often the default.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during
the download process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button.
Finally select the <em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth
adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it
will not work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To
select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue"
press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em> option.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
<em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
<a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’
same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both dive computers
to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then
you might like to call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other
"Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver who dives with two or more
dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
In this case it might be prudent to call one of them
"Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>.
On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the
current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname
field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs
show the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name,
allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
computer is not complete and more details must be added to have
a full record of the dives. To do this,
the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the
<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add
additional information by hand. The procedure
below is virtually identical for hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases,
you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example when entering a dive by hand or when a
dive computer doesn’
(Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture and water temperature are
shown as obtained from the dive computer)
If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in a blue box at
the top of the panel shows the dive is being edited. If you
click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are
visible (left hand image, below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive information.
The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
the date, a calendar is displayed for selecting
the correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
The time values (hour and minutes) can also be
edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by over-typing the
information displayed.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
temperature information and this box may have information.
If air temperature isn’
might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature.
If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
automatically supplied by
<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
be used).</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_locations"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log.
The dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited at the same
time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive information (e.g.
divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the
<strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site information. Then supply a dive site name in the
textbox labelled <em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
If several dives are
made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used.
Existing dive locations
can be edited by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site
and by opening the location information. Click the globe button on the
right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive site name.
When typing the name of a dive site,
a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive
site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.
The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating
existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database)
or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
current dive site name but which haven’
If the present
dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the coordinates and
other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The most important
items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify coordinates:</p></div>
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
<li>
<p>
Use the world map in the bottom right hand part
of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location
data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick
at the appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are
stored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Use eiher the Subsurface-Mobile App or the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion App on an
Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates
were stored using one of these apps.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Enter coordiantes by hand if they are known, using one of
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
four formats with latitude followed by longitude:
</p>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'
Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre>
</div></div>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a
<strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d W20d.
If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the
dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
the panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location
name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name
causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these
dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
same).</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If you typed coordinates into the appropriate
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes),
then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive site.
The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the
dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive
performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives),
Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be
entered in this field
which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
the current logbook.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies
(separated with commas) who were on the
dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
offered.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
Auto selection of the suit description is available.
Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: Provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Provide a rating of visibility during the
dive on a 5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered
here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
cave, etc.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. By starting to type a tag, <em>Subsurface</em> lists
the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the information for tabs
in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Use them
when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a>
shows an example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allow entering information about the type of
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The
message in the blue box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the equipment is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on
cylinders and gases (entered here) determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong>
(top right-hand panel).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
like this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive computers,
<em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and
automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the table. The + button
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
at the top right allows adding more cylinders for this dive. The dark
dustbin icon on the left allows you to delete information for a cylinder.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used during the
dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even without a gas change event.
Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the
table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
cylinders:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was used
for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available
options for the entered characters. The
<strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will
automatically be shown in the dialogue.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
value of 21% can be entered into the oxygen box or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered.
Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the
information for the cylinder, save the data
either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell
containing
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the + button
at the top right hand. Here is an example of a complete description
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you click
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through a
down-arrow:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
used during the dive. You may start typing in the box
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
to specify a different weighting mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>.
In the <strong>Weight</strong>
field, type in the amount of weight used during the dive. After
specifying the weight
system, save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the
cell with the cursor.
It’
an additional system
using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using
the dust bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive
with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from
a dive computer, the dive profiles of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well
as a few items of information
in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures
and gas composition). Other fields remain empty.
It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’
that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at the same
dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or tags. Instead
of completing the information for each
dive separately, select all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and
insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need
identical information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one
of the selected dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain information.
This means if some fields have been edited for a particular dive among the selected dives,
these are not changed while
editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives simultaneously is:
if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same information</em> for all the dives that have been
selected, the new, edited information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
edited dive is
changed, even though several dives have been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds
up the completion of the dive log after several similar dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information
typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive components</em>.
A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs.
Select the fields to be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
select the dives
into which this information is to be pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>.
All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive log.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular events,
e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily
done:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile.
This brings up the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is
placed on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> below). Select <em>OK</em>.
This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at
the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
saved by using the
two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If the <em>Apply changes</em> button
is clicked,
the dive data are saved in the memory image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em>
button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are
erased from the computer memory, although the dive profile is
retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to confirm
the new data should now be saved permanently on the computer disk.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>Many divers log their dives using the proprietary software provided by the
manufacturers of their dive computers. <em>Subsurface</em> can import dive logs from a range of
other dive log software. While import from some software is supported natively,
others require
export of the the dive log to an intermediate format that can then be imported
into <em>Subsurface</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV log files from several sources.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Dive log import from APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their own
imports.
Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by
configuring the CSV import.
<em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log
software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally,
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend
importing the logbook first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
from there with
<em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that
<em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
of many dive computers, including Suunto, Shearwater and some CCR equipment. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
tries to detect multiple records for
the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If
there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the
beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em>
will not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface
activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on
<em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label
of <em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports
available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log systems)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Cochran dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
UDCF-formatted dive logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
LiquiVision logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
divelogs.de logs
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
OSTC Tools logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
JDiveLog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Suunto Dive Manager (DM3, DM4, DM5)
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large window
containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens
the imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not
accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained below.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.2. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC
family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it
as a binary file with file extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select
<em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the file list
panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This includes
OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and
OSTC CR.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> true diving log software, but rather a useful set of tools
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw dive computer data will be
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; the rest of the
data (buddies, equipment, notes, etc) need to be completed manually.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with
multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be
directly imported into
<em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step process,
using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log information.</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your
desktop, using
a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more
information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. First, create a user
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
account in
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>www.divelogs.de</em> and Log into that web site, then
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side.
The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information
(in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Finally, import the dives
from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be selected
from the Main Menu. This
brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> below). Enter a
user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then
select
the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately,
displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, the
success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The
<em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importing data in CSV format</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either as dive profiles
(as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed circuit rebreathers) or as dive
metadata (in case the user keeps dive data in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal
simplified format that allows easy information exchange between different computers or
software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s
Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be exported in <em>CSV</em> format to
other software that reads this format. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet
to CSV format</a> for information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data
into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> _CSV_ files can be viewed using an ordinary text editor. A _CSV_ file is normally organized into
a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_ or _column headings_) of the data
columns, followed by the data, one record per line.</code></pre>
</div></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a
typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, dive duration, names of
buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder pressures before and
after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All the data for a single
dive go on a single line of text, following the order of the column headings.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information about a single
dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second intervals, indicating depth, water
temperature, and cylinder pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains
the information for a single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that
of the previous instant. Many lines
are required to complete the depth profile information for a single dive. This is a common
export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software
packages that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you need to know a few
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
<li>
<p>
Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a TAB character.
This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is
comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or semicolon
characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are not evident and
the numbers are aligned in columns,
the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive details</em>
file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text editor and note
the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
straightforward. Select
<em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In the resulting file
selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected
directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel
appears as depicted below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
settings for common dive computers and software packages.
If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of
these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em>
option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file,
the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
successful data import.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately above these
contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For
instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If
the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the
appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
cell at the top of the table. For example, to indicate the correct column for "Dive #", drag
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ", depicted in
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
<div class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>. It is a
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
file format that allows you to view or edit information using a text editor like
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/X). There are two main advantages of
the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software.
Second, all information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or
proprietary attributes that proprietary software inserts into files.
Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used
as an interchange format between many software packages, e.g. between
spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also
be used to import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
some dive computers.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a
<em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character used to separate fields within a single line. The
field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from
spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are
normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns,
followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name
may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of
dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-delimited format. The
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
disadvantage is that you cannot see
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the TAB characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top line may be
a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE character: the tabs are before and
after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines
cannot be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log
from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive computer:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column headers as well as some of the data
in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files.
<em>CSV</em> files can be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log.
Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a smooth import
of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as part
of the numbers or text within a cell. The
file should use UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the
size of the <em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time
(<em>CSV dive details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed
the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with
a smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_importing_dive_coordinates_from_a_mobile_device_with_gps">5.4. Importing Dive coordinates from a mobile device with GPS.</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A smartphone with built-in GPS facilities can be used to store the locations of dives.
This is performed by:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Taking the mobile device along on the dive boat / liveabord while
automatically collecting dive site coordinate information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Uploading the coordinates from the mobile device to the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>3) Syncronising the dives in the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list with the coordinates stored
on the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>_Subsurface has two tools for achieving this:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> (Android and iOS).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> app (Android and iOS)
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Both of these applications perform the collection of dive site coordinates and
the synchronisation with dives in the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list. However, the Companion App
is not being further developed and has largely been replaced by the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>
app. While the <em>Companion app</em> serves exclusively to collect dive site coordinates and
to make these available to the <em>Subsurface</em> desktop version, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> performs
many of the functions of the desktop version, including the management and viewing of dive
information. Below, we describe how to perform the above three steps using each of the two
mobile apps.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For information on using the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em>, click <a href="#S_iCompanion"><em>here</em></a>.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_storing_and_and_using_gps_locations_using_em_subsurface_mobile_em">5.4.1. Storing and and using GPS locations using <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></h4>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_install_em_subsurface_mobile_em">Install <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Find <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> on Google Play and install it on an Android device. The app
is free. The iOS version is currently experimental. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> has an extensive
<a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual">user manual</a>
accessible from within that app.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_create_a_em_subsurface_mobile_em_account">Create a <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> account</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This topic is discussed at length in the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> user manual. In the
Credentials screen of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> provide an e-mail address and a user
password that enables subsequent access. A PIN number is e-mailed from the
<em>Subsurface</em> Internet server to the e-mail address that has been provided.
Type the PIN into the appropriate text field in the Credentials screen (see image below).
The <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server notifies the user that a new user has been registered.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>N.B.:</strong> To successfully create a user account, the mobile device must have Internet connectivity,
either through the cellular network or via wifi.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MobileCredentials.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile, credentials screen" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_configure_auto_collecting_of_gps_coordinates">Configure auto-collecting of GPS coordinates</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Activate the main menu of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> by selecting the "hamburger" menu button
at the bottom left of the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> screen (see image above), then select
<em>GPS</em> → <em>Preferences</em> (see image below). The collection of GPS locations is done in the background and
automatically, using two settings:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Time threshold.</em> (minutes). The app will try to get a location every X minutes
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Distance threshold.</em> (meters). Minimum distance between two locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>How are GPS coordinates collected?</strong> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time you move 50 m
from previous location, whichever happens first.
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
saved, at least until the <em>Time-threshold</em> period has elapsed.
If the diver moves, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every 50 meters.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_activate_the_automated_recording_of_gps_locations">Activate the automated recording of GPS locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> main menu has a checkbox at the bottom left labled
<em>Run location service</em> (see image below). Checking the box starts the automated recording
of GPS positions.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MobileMenu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile main menu" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_after_the_dive_stop_the_automated_recording_of_gps_locations">After the dive, stop the automated recording of GPS locations</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Uncheck the check box at the bottom left of the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> main menu.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_upload_the_gps_locations_onto_the_em_subsurface_em_internet_server">Upload the GPS locations onto the <em>Subsurface</em> Internet server.</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>N.B.:</strong> Uploading the GPS locations to the Internet can only take place if the mobile
device has reliable access to the Internet, either via a cellular network or
via a wifi connection. If the Internet is not accessible from the dive site(s),
then GPS uploading can only take place after the dive or after the dive trip,
when an Internet connection has been re-established.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> main menu, select <em>GPS</em> → <em>Upload GPS data</em>. The
locations are uploaded. Check the indicator at the top of the mobile screen for
internet activity, indicating the transfer of information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_apply_the_stored_gps_locations_to_dives_on_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_list">Apply the stored GPS locations to dives on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> collects the first GPS location recorded after the start of a dive
(obtained within <em>Subsurface</em> from either the dive computer or from the
manually-entered dive information) and before the end of a dive. These
coordinates are shown in the <em>Coordinates</em> field of the dive site panel
for each dive. Within the dive site panel, provide a name for the
coordinates that have been assigned to the dive, following the instructions
under the heading above <a href="#S_locations"><em>Location</em> management</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual">user manual for <em>Subsurface-mobile</em></a> (accessible from within that app)
contains detailed instructions for
performing the collection of GPS data and for managing, uploading and
synchronising this information.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_iCompanion">5.4.2. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
for the diving
location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App
stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect
the locations from the server.
To do this:</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">Create a Companion App account</h5>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a>.
A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> will be sent,
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
a long number enabling access to the file server and Companion App capabilities.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the app from
<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a>
or from
<a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h5>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> companion
page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this option,
but it’
<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to
activate the account.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If you forget your <strong>DIVERID</strong> you will receive an email
to recover the ID string.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Use an existing account.</em> You are prompted for your <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app saves
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’
option (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on the
Default Preferences
panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Defaults</em> from the main menu
in <em>Subsurface</em> itself.
This helps synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Creating new dive locations</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and
send it to the server. The Android
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
display looks like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without any dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the + icon at the top right to add a new dive site. A menu
with 3 options shows:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Current: A prompt for a place name is shown (or a request to activate the GPS if it is turned
off), after which the current location is saved.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Use Map: This option allows you to fix a position by searching a world map. A
world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below). Specify the desired position
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
with a <em>long press</em> on the touch
sensitive screen (if the marked location is wrong, simply choose a new location)
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
and select the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing you to enter the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
name of the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In order to import this
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
dive location in <em>Subsurface</em>, set the time to agree with the time of
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
that dive on the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Import local GPX file: The Android device searches for .gpx files and located
archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and its
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
tab in the upper right, afterAndroid device.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive lists of dive locations</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the selection box to the left
showing they need to be uploaded to the server. You
can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location has a
check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>)
are performed on several selected locations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations or a
map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by
selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then selecting
the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the list
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). Upon selecting a location (on the list
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
or on the map), an editing
panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Upon selecting a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the
name given to it, date/time and GPS coordinates are shown with two options at the top
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
of the screen:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above),
upload it to the web
service, as explained below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Uploading dive locations</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server.
The easiest is simply
selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right arrow at the
top right of the screen.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should;
it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to be
downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Settings on the Companion App</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above (<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Server and account</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The easiest way to
get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or just type it in.
</p>
</li>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Synchronisation</em></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device and those
on the web service synchronize each time the app is started.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it is
automatically sent to the server.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Background service</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service running
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
in the background, allowing a continuous collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X minutes
until stopped by the user.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m
from previous location.
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is saved.
If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a
location every 50 meters.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Other</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to the
Subsurface mailing list.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Search</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Start service</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Disconnect</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server.
It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
ID. The <em>Disconnect</em> option
is useful if the Android device was used to download the dive locations
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
of another registered diver.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Send all locations</em></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_iphone">Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h5>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained
during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in"
(see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location information.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic
mode, a continuous path of GPS locations is created from which,
after import, Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS
locations based on the times of dives. The default mode for the
<em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, the
location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the bottom
of the screen. After the dive, click on the red
bar to end the location service. While the location
service is running you can only add dives manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive
from the dive list and clicking on the site name. There are no other
editable fields. The dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
to the web service. There is no option to
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
trigger upload manually.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download
dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main Menu <em>Import
→ Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the image on the
left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. Provide a
DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the download process, after
which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active: selecting it updates the locations
of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>, i.e. it applies the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives that match the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. The names of dive
locations entered within <em>Subsurface</em> (i.e. before downloading the GPS coordinates) have
precedence over downloaded dive locations.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the mobile device and dive information from the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
dive computer based on date-time data, automatic assignment of GPS data to dives depends
on agreeing date-time information between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
a wide range tolerance, it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there is a
large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android device.
This results in no updates.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons for this (e.g. time zones).
<em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive
dives while running <em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be
included in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more subsequent dives as well).
A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong>
downloading GPS data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with
unnecessary locations that don’
Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some situations it
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
is better to clean up the list on the mobile device before sending the dive points to the web
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be necessary, for
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
instance, to keep the location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
It may also be useful to give informative names to the locations sent to the web server, or at least
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
to use an informative name in the <em>Name Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>,
especially on a dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take photographs
during a dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows the storage and display of photographs for each dive. Photos are
superimposed on the dive profile at the times during the dive when they were taken. They can also be viewed
from the dive profile.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list, bringing up the <a href="#S_DiveListContextMenu">Dive list context Menu</a>. Right-click the appropriate
option to import images either from
file or from the Internet. The system file browser appears. Select the folder and
photographs that need to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. The time
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive,
and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
often differ by several minutes. <em>Subsurface</em> attempts to synchronize these two devices
so that the exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the dive profile.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes camera with dive computer in three ways:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Manually</strong>: Writing down the exact camera time at the start of a dive allows using the
difference in time between the two devices. As long as the device
settings for time has not been changed in either device, the times of
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day allows manually setting the time
difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog (see image below). Towards the top of the dialog is a time
setting tool immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, in the image below.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
tool to a value of 00:07 and select the <em>Earlier</em> radio button.
This is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronization, requiring a
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time. <em>Subsurface</em> gets
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
each photo and compares this with the time visible on the photo. To do this, use the
bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. In this case the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
the horizontal bar called <em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
a file browser for selecting the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
when the photograph was taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize the devices. The image below shows
a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
date-time.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage3c_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the dive, it is not placed on
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
the dive profile (see the red warning in the image above). However, If the appropriate checkbox is selected (see image above) these images can still be placed on the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel so that all photos associated with a dive are visible, including photos taken before or after the dive.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (left part of image below).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions reflecting the time
each photograph was taken.
To view the photos on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar
to the left of the dive profile:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Hover the mouse over any of the photo stubs. A thumbnail photo
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
photo overlaid on the <em>Subsurface</em> window, allowing a good view of
the photographs (see the image below). <strong>Note</strong> that the thumbnail
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
has a small dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting
the dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful
when clicking on a thumbnail. Images
can also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <em>Notes</em>
panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large
overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as
a tool for individually accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
show when during a dive a photo was taken. Single-click a thumbnail in
the <em>Photos</em> panel to select a photo. Double-click a thumbnail to view the full-sized image, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Deleted a photo from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
it (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH
from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a drive can be mapped by the operating system
(almost always the case) the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction
between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive profile with photos from an
external drive, the normal procedure of selection and synchronization (see text above) is used.
After the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any more.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox icon to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the
program shows a small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile.
In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab shows only the file names of the photos.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
If the external drive with the photos is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive,
<em>Subsurface</em> saves the directory path where the photo lies as well as the file name of the photo,
in order to find it when the dive is opened again.
If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
machine, the path to the photo changes. Now, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
cannot find them and cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism to ease this inconvenience: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) where photos have been moved to,
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one calculated when a photo was
originally loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find the photo in the new moved directory.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading legacy photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it can access.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
When manipulating images, ensure that all the images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the fingerprints associated with a single dive if:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives examples of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive logging tool.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens
(a) if a diver doesn’
needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For this reason
multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive deep or long. As far
as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
specifying its size and pressure, as well as the gas composition within it.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate or by creating a bookmark on the dive
computer.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
<strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
tank bar (image below).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of cylinders in the dive profile.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Below is a two-cylinder dive, starting off with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
for decompression.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with both or all cylinders having
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
the same gas mixture. Although it’
diving can be done by recreational divers who’
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
dive logging involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different
cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tedious part of logging sidemount dives.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
image below where two 12 litre cylinders were used).
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving equipment that
recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing carbon dioxide from
the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically containing nitrox).
A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than
using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of breathing
gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of
breathing gas is released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps outlined above:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above
and indicate the cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is adjusted for the oxygen
drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile
of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted
over two hours.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate
gas that has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a
breathable oxygen concentration:
a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas
b) regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.
The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental
and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI
and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional recreational
dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log
containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This
means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
dive computer, but that it imports individual CCR dive profiles in the same way it
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a time.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
digital sources</a>. CCR dive data are currently obtained from the proprietary software
provided when purchasing CCR dice equipment. See <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
for more complete information. Use that software to download the dive data into
a known directory. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As
explained in that section, the bottom right
hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
that currently include (Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
CCR equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and
the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive
computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI
it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log,
click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue.
The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to recreational
equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas composition and dive depth),
CCR equipment provide actual measurements of pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors.
In this case the graph for oxygen partial pressure
should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings during the dive. The mean
pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as given by the CCR equipment, but
a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different sensors are
treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false data, it is ignored.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to the setpoint.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is turned on by
checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel (accessible by
selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → Graph</em></a>). This part of
the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, representing two checkboxes that modify
the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile
has been checked.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is activated.
The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint information. This is a red line
superimposed on the green oxygen partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the
mean measured oxygen partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual oxygen sensor
of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded as follows:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 1: grey
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 2: blue
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Sensor 3: brown
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct comparison
of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting abnormally low or erratic
readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating both of the above
check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) are shown in the
usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open circuit.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if you hover over a triangle,
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
a description of that event is given as the bottom line in the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the
pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two cylinders
are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and
end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>.
Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay
of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the cylinder pressure data. In this
case there is agreement from the readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may include setup information
or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen
in the loop can usually not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive
computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in the dive log,
reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this ceiling is activated
by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can be set to red
by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>.
Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that
has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, the
gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of oxygen
toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations:
<em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas consumption taking in account gas
incompressibility, particularly at tank pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Refer to <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot easily be
presented in a standardised way because the nature of the information differs from one
dive computer to another. These data often comprise setup information, metadata about
a dive, battery levels, no fly times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When
possible, this information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an
image showing extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one
dive has been selected, figures for only that dive are given. This tab
shows the number of dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these
dives,
as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration,
water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the
shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on the left hand side,
allowing control of several display options. The functions of these
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
Profile is the graph of
dive depth as a function of time. In addition to
depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the recommended
speed of going up or down in the water column. This information is given using
different colors:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the graph.
So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth
is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of the dive profile
increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of the panel.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is shown as a blue line with temperature values
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="S_InfoBox">6.4.1. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive
profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the <strong>Dive
Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, then
only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of
figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not obstructing
important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved and used again
during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box expands and
shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the time point along
the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above
where the Information Box reflects the situation at the position of the cursor
[arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point
along the dive profile. It gives extensive statistics about depth, gas
and ceiling characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period
into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth
(END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that
instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well
as of the statistics in the Information Box, shown as four
buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Maximum Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the
gas mixture used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas.
For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section
(select <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> and edit the text box <em>pO<sub>2</sub> in calculating MOD</em>.
When diving below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the
<strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a
dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an
ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes
required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression
time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air consumption (SAC) for
the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains several gas
switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated using the current gas.
TTS longer than 2 hours is not accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>, an indication of the surface-normalized respiration
rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly double that of
the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication of breathing gas consumption rate
independent of the depth of the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives
can be compared. The units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Show the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for
nitrox dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent
Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are
important to divers breathing gases other than air. Their
values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD
is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial
pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an
air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a
hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of
the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing
air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of data.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if applicable) that the diver
was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the dive</em>, shown by the position
of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The drawing on the left below indicates the
meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The light green area indicates the gas pressure, with the top margin of the light green
area showing the total gas pressure of ALL gases inhaled by the diver and measured from the bottom
of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph
and does not indicate absolute pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the equilibrium pressure
of the INERT gases inhaled by the diver, usually nitrogen. In
the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium combined. In this example,
the user is diving with EAN32, so the equilibrium inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the
bottom of the graph to the total gas pressure value.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of inert gas in each
of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann algorithm, with fast tissues on the
left hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The top black horizontal line indicates the inert gas pressure limit determined by the gradient
factor that applies to the depth of
the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an
interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the <em>Graph</em> tab of the <strong>Preferences
Panel</strong> of <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived M-value. That is the
pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation is expected to be severe, resulting
in a significant risk of decompression sickness.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the image above. The way the Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes
during a dive can be seen on the right hand side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The pressures in all
the tissue compartments are still at the surface equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the tissue compartments have had
time to respond to the descent, so their gas pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast compartments have attained
equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the height of the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The
slower compartments (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of slowly
increasing in pressure.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since during ascent the total
inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue
compartments now exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value (i.e.
the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in exceeding the gradient
factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 minutes. The fast compartments
have decreased in pressure. As expected, the pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much.
The pressures in the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the diver is safer
than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_profile_toolbar">6.4.2. The Profile Toolbar</h4>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong>
of O<sub>2</sub>, N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer
reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives).
Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, nitrogen in black,
and helium in dark red. These
partial pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">Show the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> during the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">Show the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> during the dive.</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">Display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> during the dive.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during the
dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when manually
entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight line.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure provides information
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
about the
momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when using an air integrated dive computer.
Here the color
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
coding is not relative to some absolute values but relative to the mean
normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas in red or orange
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
indicate
times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times
when the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button allows display of heart rate information
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of the mouse or trackpad. By default
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
and 30m (100ft) –
something free divers won’
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
</div>
</div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel.
The measurement is done by dragging the red dots to the two points
on the dive profile that you wish to measure. Information is then given
in the horizontal white area underneath the
two red dots.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile
by selecting
the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not active,
the photos are hidden.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent ceilings
occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases
the risk of a diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary
to either ascend
slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to the surface. Not
all dive computers record this information and make it available for download;
for example none of the Suunto dive computers make these data
available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates ceilings independently,
shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
Because of the differences in algorithms used
and amount of data available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time
of the calculation) it’
are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are used.
It’
non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode during
the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the profile
at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’
calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During the
ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed off so
even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does
not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive computers offer
longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be
shown as a red area by checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a ceiling,
calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for
a particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two ways:</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue
compartments following the Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</td>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<td class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p>If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments
(<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#GradientFactors_Ref">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. N.B.: The indicated gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, but those used by Subsurface to calculate deco obligations during the dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be represented as a colored bar at the bottom
of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a
red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/heatmap.png" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Display the tissue heat-map. The heat map summarises, for the duration of the dive, the inert gas tissue pressures
for each of the 16 tissue compartments of the Bühlmann model. Blue colours mean low gas pressures in a tissue compartment
and thus on-gassing, green to red means excess gas in the tissue and thus off-gassing. Fast to slow tissues are indicated from
top to bottom. The figure below explains in greater detail how the heat map can be interpreted.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Heatmap.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>A</strong> on the left shows the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the
<strong>Information box</strong>, representing a snapshot of inert gas pressures at a particular point in time
during the dive. The inert gas pressures of 16 tissue compartments are shown as dark green vertical
bars with the quick tissue compartments on the left and the slow tissue compartments
on the right. Refer to the section on the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a>
for more details on the different elements of this graph.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>B</strong> shows a gradient of unique colours, spanning the whole range of inert gas pressures.
It is possible to map the height of each of the dark green vertical bars of <strong>A</strong> to a
colour in <strong>B</strong>. For instance, the fastest (leftmost) dark green verical bar in <strong>A</strong> has
a height corresponding to the medium green part of <strong>B</strong>. The height of this bar can therefore be summarised
using a medium green colour. Similarly, the highest dark green bar in <strong>A</strong> is as high
as the yellow part of <strong>B</strong>. The 14 remaining tissue pressure bars in <strong>A</strong> can also be
translated to colours. The colours represent three ranges of tissue inert gas pressure:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
The bottom range in <strong>B</strong> (marked <em>On-gassing</em>) includes colours from light blue to black, representing tissue gas pressures
below the equilibrium pressure of inert gas (bottom horizontal line in <strong>A</strong>). The measurement
unit is the % of inert gas pressure, relative to the equilibrium inert gas pressure. In this range
on-gassing of inert gas takes place because the inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment is lower than
in the surrounding environment. Black areas in the heat map indicate that a tissue compartment has reached
the equilibrium inert gas pressure, i.e. the inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment equals that
of the water in which the diver is. The equilibrium pressure changes according to depth.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
The central range in <strong>B</strong> includes the colours from black to light green, when the inert gas pressure of a tissue
compartment is higher than the equilibrium pressure but less than the ambient pressure.
In this zone decompression is not very efficient
because the gradient of inert gas pressure from tissue to the environment is relatively small
and indicated by dark green areas of the heat map.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
The top range in <strong>B</strong> (marked <em>Off-gassing</em>) includes colours from light green to red and white, repesenting tissue gas
pressures above that of the total ambient pressure (top of light green area of <strong>A</strong>). The measurement
unit is the % of inert gas pressure above ambient pressure, relative to the Bühlmann M-value gradient (bottom of red area
in <strong>A</strong>). These tissue pressures are normally reached while ascending to a shallower depth.
Below a value of 100%, this range indicates efficient off-gassing of inert gas from the tissue compartment into the
environment. Usually, efficient off-gassing is indicated by light green, yellow or orange colours.
Above 100% (red to white in <strong>B</strong>) the M-value gradient is exceeded and the probability of decompression sickness
increases markedly.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>C</strong> shows the colour mapping of each of the vertical bars in <strong>A</strong>, the fast
tissues (on the left in <strong>A</strong>) depicted at the top
and the slow tissue compartments at the bottom of <strong>C</strong>. The highest vertical bar in <strong>A</strong>
(vertical bar 3rd from the left) is presented as the yellow rectangle 3rd from the top
in <strong>C</strong>. The 16 vertical bars in <strong>A</strong> are now presented as a vertical
column of 16 coloured rectangles, representing a snapshot of tissue compartment gas pressures
at a particular instant during the dive.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Image <strong>D</strong> is a compilation of similar colour mappings of 16 tissue compartments
during a 10-minute period of a dive, the colours representing the
inert gas loading of a tissue compartment at a point in time during the dive. Faster tissues
are shown at the top and slower tissues at the bottom, with time
forming the horizontal axis of the graph. The column of rectangles in <strong>C</strong> can be found
on the horizontal axis between 9 and 10 minutes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The colours of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor settings.
This is because the heat map indicates tissue pressures relative to the Bühlmann M-value gradient, and
not relative to any specific gradient factor. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the colours of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor(s), the heat map is also
applicable when using the VPM-B decompression model.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The image below compares the profiles and heat maps for two planned decompression dives to 60m:
the first using the Bühlmann decompression model, the second using the VPM-B decompression model.
Both profiles have the same total decompression time, but the VPM-B model requires deeper stops early in the acent phase.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In both profiles, the inert gas pressures in the faster tissues rise much more rapidly than the slower tissues during
the descent and bottom phase, with the colors transitioning from light blue through blue and purple to black.
Similarly, the inert gas pressure in the fast tissues reduces more rapidly than the slow tissues at each decompression stop,
with colors transitioning from red, orange and yellow to green and black.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The comparison of the two profiles and heatmaps shows that by including deep stops, the oversaturation gradient in the
faster tissues early in ascent phase is reduced.
However, on-gassing of slower tissues continues during the deep stops, which leads to greater oversaturation gradient
in slower tissues at the end of the dive.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/tissueHeatmap.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map" />
</div>
</div>
</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.4.3. The Dive Profile context menu</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while the
mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows creating
Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes
other than the ones that might have been
imported from a Dive Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line,
with the time of the event determined by the mouse cursor when the right
mouse button was clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events
involve a selection of which gas is being switched TO. The list of choices is based on
the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change
events open a dialog letting you choose the next setpoint value. As
in the planner, a setpoint value of zero shows the diver is
breathing from an open circuit system while any non-zero value
shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR).
By right-clicking while over
an existing marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the
marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be
restored to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="S_DiveListContextMenu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be performed using the Dive List
Context Menu. It is found by selecting either a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth,
Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the
header bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header brings up a list of items
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
that can be shown in the dive list (see above). Select an item to be included in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
deleted (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately updated. Preferences for information
shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low sequence
numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering
of dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because
of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
an older date/time. This requires renumbering the dives.
Do this by selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Provide
the lowest sequence number to be used.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time)
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
for all the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Renumber a few selected dives in the dive list by selecting only the dives that
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive List Context Menu
to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting the user specify
the starting number for the process.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
date/times not separated by more than two days and creating
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive
list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Auto group</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip title.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip title bar from
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. Here
you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip location and any
other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the dive
company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions during the trip, etc.).
After entering this
information, select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right
of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong>
tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the
edited information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
trips by clicking the expansion button [+/-] on the left of each trip title. This expands
the selected trip, revealing individual dives during the trip.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the
context menu allows several options to expand or collapse dives
within trips. This includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging
of trips by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the
trip above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip 1:
top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the top
four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip by
choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then
grouped
into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and context menu
on the left (A) and
the completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete
dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
workshop
calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short duration.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this,
select and right-click
the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s)
from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately above or below the trip to
which they belonged, depending on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed within
a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click
the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’
situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click
the dive(s) to be
adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong>
option should be selected. You must then specify the
time
(in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the
option of whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to the surface
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by the dive
computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
Merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate dives,
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting <strong>Merge selected
dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong>
panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure
below shows the depth profile of two dives that were merged:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or redone.
This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>.
To do this after performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select
<em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, selecting only some
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive master, buddy or protective
clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep dives at a particular
dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This opens the
<em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons are located at the top
right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The <em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset
(i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
minimized by selecting the <strong>green up-arrow</strong>. When minimized, only these three icons are shown.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized it. The filter may also be
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
reset and closed by selecting the <strong>red button</strong> with the white cross.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person (buddy / divemaster), dive site
and dive suit. Each of these is represented by a check list with check boxes. Above
each check list is a second-level filter tool, allowing the listing of only some
attributes within that check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter
text box above the tags check list, results in the list being reduced
to "<em>cave</em>" and "<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find
search terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one of
the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include
only the dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists.
The four check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface
filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the
filters within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em>
shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Export dive information to <em>Facebook</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Export_other">Export dive information to other destinations or formats</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Exporting dive information to <em>Facebook</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of export because
a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>Share on → Connect to → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
(image <strong>A</strong> to the left, below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password.
Once logged into to <em>Facebook</em> , the panel
in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect from Facebook</em> button to close the
<em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed out. But
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active (i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a <em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Ensure that the dive to be transferred to the timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information transferred along
with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a
<em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much
additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is shown in the text box
on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted
with the dive profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the text, select
the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After the transfer
is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was successful.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as
private. In order for friends to be able to see it,
change its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a
browser or a Facebook app.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by either closing <em>Subsurface</em> or by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em> from
the Main Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up
the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only
the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate
radio button (see images below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in several formats:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more information.
UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many dive computers
and computer programs.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to <em>Divelogs.de</em>,
you need a user-ID as well as a password for <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em>
and subscribe to this service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on recreational
dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration with
<em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, including
the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each dive.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable
with an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited.
It contains most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. dive ceiling, calculated cylinder pressure, gas
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search
option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export all your
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a portable record
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
of dives, useful for dive companies wishing to verify the dive history of a diver,
and doing away with the need to carry an original logbook
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
when doing dives with dive companies.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you select any
of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available in text, as shown
in the image below.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all
photos or images attached
to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive List</em>, together with the depth underwater where
of each of those photos was taken.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
starting from 1.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
be attached to the HTML exports.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
size and theme.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a record
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
of diving activities for your pleasure, but it’
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
for admission to training courses or sometimes even diving sites. The
security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log that is
resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the
Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit that you can access your dive
log from anywhere in the world. For this reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a dive log
from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the local hard disk.
The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud.
To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these steps:</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
<em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
dive log in the cloud.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
(remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
box, not visible previously.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
address confirmation)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
<em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
cloud storage</em> server.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
This means the data from
the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the
data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
connected to the Internet.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive information
shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the calculated values
shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel,
including some cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefer not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
don’t need the web access), it’
dive logs in the cloud using several of the existing facilities on the
Internet.
For instance
<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a>
offers a free application that allows
files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop computer.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content on your
desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, the Internet
content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and <em>Save</em> of dive logs are done
using the local copy of the dive log in the local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need
for a direct internet connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive,
the remote copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever
Internet access is available.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in
your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly from the Internet and can
be accessed anywhere with Internet access. Currently there are no costs
involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, Mac
and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
. Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To
Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu,
navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log
in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em>
main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
<em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same
process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part
is required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information should be shown? Select
the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three
specifications are needed to get the desired information and page layout:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and other information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Print options</em> select:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
activating the print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only selected dives</em>. If this
check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Printing in color, done by checking the box with <em>Print in color</em>. If this check box
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
is not checked, printing is in black and white.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are several choices.
(see image <strong>B</strong>, above).
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the dive profiles
of each dive (see below):
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see below)
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the
dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you can change
the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal taste.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). This activates the regular print
dialogue used by the operating system,
letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image below):</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the dives.
Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular page.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_writing_a_custom_print_template_advanced">10.1. Writing a custom print template (advanced)</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates
to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using
the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for information on how
to write or modify a template.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configuring a dive computer</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and
Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec,
Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers
can be read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware driver
is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known.
See <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select <em>File → Configure dive
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Select the appropriate device name (or mount point) in the
dropdown list at the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
top of the configuration panel and select the appropriate dive
computer model from the panel on the left-hand (see image below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following actions can be done:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer
to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing it in the configuration panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the
dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for
a file location and file name for the saved information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it
in the configuration panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is
loaded into the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by selecting
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>File → Preferences</em>, mostly affecting the way in which <em>Subsurface</em>
shows dive information to the user. The settings are in
six panels: <em>Defaults</em>, <em>Units</em>, <em>Graph</em>, <em>Language</em>, <em>Network</em>, and <em>Georeference</em>,
all of which operate on the same principles: specified settings can be applied to the display of
the dive log by selecting <em>Apply</em>. At this stage, any new settings only apply to the present
session and are not saved. In order to apply
new settings permanently, select the <em>Save</em> button. If you do not wish to
apply the new preferences, select <em>Cancel</em>.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several headings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref1_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Specify the font type and font size of the
<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: decreasing the font size allows one to see more dives on a screen.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive Log File</em> specify the directory and
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
file name of your
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
the dive list.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: From the dropdown list, select the default cylinder to be used in
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
by setting this slider
with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
at all.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
cleared and set to default values.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref2_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button
at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement system.
Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units can be selected
independently, with some in the metric system and others in imperial.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless
of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in seconds or minutes.
Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as
traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees
Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel has three sections:</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref4_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="ulist" id="S_GradientFactors"><ul>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Gas pressure display setup</strong>. Even though nitrogen and helium pressures are also included here, these items mainly pertain to oxygen management:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Thresholds</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> can display graphs of the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium
partial pressures during
the dive, activated using the toolbar on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
panel. For each of these graphs, specify a threshold value. If any of the graphs go
above the specified threshold, the graph is
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
The pO<sub>2</sub> threshold is probably the most important one and a value of 1.6 is commonly used.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>pO<sub>2</sub> in calculating MOD</em> is used for calculating the maximum operative depth for a particular
nitrox or trimix gas mixture. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
CCR Options: These options determine oxygen management for CCR dives:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Dive planner default setpoint</em>: Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
profile context menu.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</ul></div>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Ceiling display setup</strong>. These settings mostly deal with nitrogen and helium management
by determining how the decompression ceiling (ascent ceiling) is calculated and displayed:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Algorithm for calculating ceiling</em>. Choose between the Bühlmann Z1H-L16
decompression model and the VPM-B model:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>VPM-B</em>: Provide a conservatism level for calculating the VPM-B ceiling. Values between 0
(least conservative) and 4 (most conservative) are valid.
</p>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Bühlmann: Set the <em>gradient factors</em> (GFlow and GFHigh) for calculcating the deco ceiling following
the ZH-L16 algorithm. GF_Low is the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used at the surface.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen and helium exposure during a dive, in a
similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
respect to inert gas loading and the deeper the ceilings are. Gradient
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
harsh.
In addition decide whether to check the <em>GFLow at max depth</em> box. If checked, GF_Low is used for the
deepest dive depth and linearly increased up to the GF_High value at the surface. If unchecked,
GF_Low is used between the deepest dive depth and the first deco stop, after which the
gradient factor linearly increases up to the GF_High value at the surface. For more information see:
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>pSCR options</em>. These preferences determine how passive semi-closed circuit (pSCR) dives
are planned and how the pSCR deco ceiling is calculated:
</p>
<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Metabolic rate:</em> this is the
volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
and decompression calculations.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>pSCR ratio:</em> The dilution ratio (or dump ratio) is the ratio of gas released to the
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
</ul></div>
</li>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<strong>Misc</strong>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there
was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Show mean depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows
the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
ascent.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref3_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>Check the <em>System Default</em> language i.e. the language of the underlying operating system
if this is appropriate. This is the default setting in <em>Subsurface</em>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country
combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
to list similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of English
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take
effect</strong>.</p></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this section also specify appropriate date an time formats for showing dive details.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources on the Internet.
This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with web
services such as Cloud storage or the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are determined by your type of
connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used.
Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref5_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Proxy type</em>:
If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
from your ISP.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information
regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
Two additional options are given:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_georeference">12.6. Georeference</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates of a dive site) derived from
a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or
from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find
the name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> has an
Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em>
or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<img src="images/Pref7_f23.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Georeference panel" />
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting
<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
inert gas load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
<div class="sidebarblock">
<div class="content">
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
</td>
<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL
and assumes the user is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em>
user interface. It is explicitly used under the following conditions:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to perform
dive planning.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the <em>average person</em>
and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health or personal history or
life style characteristics.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is used.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should not use
this feature.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong>
parameters for a dive are entered into the sections on the left hand side of the screen.
They are: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the dive can be
manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the
<em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of use.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This is where the details of
the dive plan are provided in a way that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where
any warning messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Open Circuit (the default)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
CCR
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
pSCR
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Choose the Open Circuit option.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive parameters are
appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude
above sea level of the dive site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude
in meters, assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders to be used
as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
<a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by
double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) field empty,
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium
concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the
"+" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
The <em>Available Gases</em> table includes three gas depth fields, labelled:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Deco switch at: the switch depth for deco gases. Unless overridden by the user, this will be
automatically calculated based on the Deco pO₂ preference (default 1.6 bar)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Bot. MOD: the gas Maximum Operating Depth (MOD) if it is used as a bottom mix. Automatically
calculated based on the Bottom pO₂ preference (default 1.4 bar). Editing this field will modify the
O₂% according to the depth set. Set to <em>'*</em>' to calculate the best O₂% for the dive maximum depth.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
MND: the gas Maximum Narcotic Depth (MND). Automatically calculated based on the Best Mix END
preference (default 30m / 98 ft). Editing this field will modify the He% according to the depth set.
Set to <em>'*</em>' to calculate the best He% for the dive maximum depth.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Drag the waypoints
(the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to represent the dive. Additional
waypoints can be created by double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted
by right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting
context menu.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate values into the table
marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the table represents the duration and the final
depth of the descent from the surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive.
The <em>CC set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers.
The ascent is usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to calculate.
Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon at the top right hand of the
table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive
Profile</strong> diagram.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL).
It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression
stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a
way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using
recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are
done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means
dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em>
dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives,
in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em>
in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during
previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives
onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning.
To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows calculation of
the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> and <em>Safety Stop</em>.
Check these two boxes.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Then define the cylinder size,
the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand
section of the planner under <em>Available gases</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/gas to complete
the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate
surface air consumption (SAC) rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom section of the
dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible
need to bring a buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so most agencies assume a
fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better
because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“).
Subsurface still uses a fixed pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used when
there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the dive profile or
(even better) defining the appropriate depths using the table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as
desribed under the previous heading. If
this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the dive plan by adding
waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em>
table. <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum
duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those considered safe for recreational
divers.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco limits using the
Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner
allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The
dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified
under <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive duration shown is the
true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED
it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23
minutes, the duration of the dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the
text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or using multiple breathing gases.
These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GFhigh and GFlow
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
the planner), the new values are
used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>.
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.
** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative).
This model tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often results in slightly shorter
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
dive durations than the Bühlmann model, albeit at the cost of higher tissue compartment pressures in the slow tissues.
When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological models but
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3.
An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
for several depth ranges, using the mean depth as a yardstick. The mean depth
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates
at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are
often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em>
is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified
in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Commonly used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
gas within the dive
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
is not sufficient and you needs to
monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
for unforeseen circumstances.
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers an unique
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
graphical interface for doing planning. The mechanics are
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 20 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the
profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile
line and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent
the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent part of the dive
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
since the planner calculates this, based on the existing settings.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface
above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the table on the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
left of the dive planner panel. Ensure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in each row
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table.
Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the
bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining
waypoints on the ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em>
computes additional way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that
dive. A waypoint can be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys.
The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, it is sometimes more easy to create the
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should
reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>.
If two or more gases are used, automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to
the surface. These changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and
manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate
waypoint.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points
indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment
is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered
segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is computed assuming the diver
uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the last segment (however
short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-point) the
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
decompression is computed in OC mode and the planner only considers gas
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
changes in OC mode.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent using EAN50
and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button
towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear
in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the exact details
of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the
options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive planner, immediately to the left
of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim dive plan</em>
is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan is given. If any
of the management specifications have been exceeded during the planning, a warning
message is printed underneath the dive plan information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of each depth
level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration INCLUDES the transition
time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display transition in deco</em> option is checked,
the transitions are shown separately from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
ratio (default 1:10) as well as the metabolic rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in the dropdown
list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment is not calculated,
so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive List</strong>, like any
other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to change a saved dive plan.
To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu,
select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner,
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
allowing changes to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
planned dive and adds a (possibly modified, - earlier dives are now taken into account -) copy to the dive list. If
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two
dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not
influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
repetitive dive set
are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em>
calculates the gas loading figures and the affect of the first dive is
evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
another dive, then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been logged
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive,
the planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive
and plans accordingly.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a template dive can
be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you want to plan a dive using
this configuration, highlight the template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the
planner: the planner takes into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>
for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> to
include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc).
After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in
the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using
the <em>Print</em> button in the dive planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations
in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is
represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be
accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the
dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> function on the main menu in the
same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">14. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main Menu
of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this manual
dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_file">14.1. File</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and
clear all dive information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive
logbook to open.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<em>Take cloud storage online</em> - <strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong><strong><strong></strong></strong>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or
the selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives have been moved to
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_edit">14.2. Edit</h3>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The Edit option allows one to undo or redo an action, e.g. deleting dives.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_import">14.3. Import</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive information
from a dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file in
in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS
coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive information
from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_log">14.4. Log</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from a dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - Plan dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Edit dive in planner</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - Copy information
from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into dive
trips.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to coordinate your logs.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific tags or dive criteria.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_view">14.5. View</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels
all at once.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and past
years.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was logged from more than one.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_share_on">14.6. Share on</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Share the currently selected dive on your Facebook timeline.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<h3 id="_help">14.7. Help</h3>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as
well as licensing information.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is available
on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>User survey</em></a> - Help to make <em>Subsurface</em> even better by taking part in our user survey
or by completing another survey if your diving habits have changed.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>User manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">15. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">15.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers in
order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive
computer prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
On Linux users need to have the correct kernel
module loaded. Most distributions will do this automatically, so the
user does not need to load kernel modules. However, some communication
protocols require an additional driver, especially for rarely used
technology such as infra-red.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct
driver once the user connects the dive computer to the USB port and
operating system sees the equipment for the first time.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct
driver. For example the correct driver for the Mares Puck
devices or any other dive computer using a USB-to-serial interface
based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or similar chip can be found as
<em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the
<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually
<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the
correct device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will
disable the device select drop down if no device name is needed at
all. In the rare cases where this doesn’t work, here are some
ways to find out what the device name is:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected COM
devices.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a terminal
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
USB Serial support registered for generic
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is
detected and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in
the import settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct
USB port.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users who
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
are members special group that can be e.g.
<code>dialout</code> or <code>uucp</code>. This can be verified by listing the appropriate
device permissions e.g. by <code>ls -l /dev/ttyUSB0</code>. Note that the number in
the file name depends on how many USB devices you have connected, and
must be adjusted appropriately.
If you are not root, you may not be a member of
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
that group and
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
won’t be able to use the USB port. Let us assume your username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod
-a -G dialout johnB</code>)
This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and
verifies that
the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should
be listed
among the different IDs.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
you log out and then log in again.
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write permission
to the USB
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
port, the dive computer interface can connect and you should be able to import
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
dives.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
different procedure to get the device’
<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the
manufacturer’s user guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select
<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_on_windows_2">15.3.1. On Windows:</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer choose
<em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>.
This should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in Bluetooth mode) and
allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→ COM
Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several
ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should contain
this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer using
other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_on_macos">15.3.2. On MacOS:</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up
Bluetooth Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go
through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for
initial setup.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the
<em>Device or Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<h4 id="_on_linux">15.3.3. On Linux</h4>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer.
On most common distributions this should be true out of the box and
pairing should be straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a
Bluetooth icon on the right of the toolbar at the top of the screen.
Users have reported difficulties with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller,
try that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have a USB dongle that
came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the
<em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt.
It is essentially a three step process.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Establish an RFCOMM connection
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Download the dives with Subsurface
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em>
cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then
<em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD …</em>
and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then
<em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On most Linux systems this means becoming
a member of the dialout group (This is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described
in the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using the graphical
environment of the operating system. After setting the dive computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray
and select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000.
Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command line. Open a terminal
and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller status</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>$ hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*DOWN*
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, connected as hci0.
Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional controllers will appear as hci1, etc.
If there is not a Bluetooth dongle plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard.
Now power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
hciconfig
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez 5, such as Fedora 22,
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
you can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>bluetoothctl
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
[bluetooth]# agent on
Agent registered
[bluetooth]# default-agent
Default agent request successful
[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
Discovery started
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
Pairing successful
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says <em>Connected: no</em>. The important part
is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), there is probably not a
<code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
Scanning ...
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you omit it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user reports,
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel in the list above doesn’t
work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help determine the appropriate channel. The output
below is for a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
Service Name: Serial Port
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
Service Class ID List:
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
Protocol Descriptor List:
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
Channel: 5</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel listed is not correct, please
let the Subsurface developers know on the user forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect4">
<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select <em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor (e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information
stored on the SDA (the built-in file system of the Uemis) including
information about dive spots and
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable.
Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer
(the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port).
The main difference is that you don’
device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system is
mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive letter (
often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em>
should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the
dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich
download implementation (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a
<em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you cannot download more than about 40-50
dives without running out of memory on the SDA. This will usually only
happen the very first time you download dives from the Uemis Zurich.
Normally when downloading at the end of a day or even after a dive
trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> displays an error
that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is straightforward.
Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and reconnect
it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
download will continue where it stopped previously. You
may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are
stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication
between the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses
a USB dongle based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the
MSC7780 IrDA controller manufactured by MosChip
and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics companies.
Under Linux, the kernel
already provides for communication using the IrDA protocol. However,
the user additionally needs to load a driver for the IrDA interface
with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the <strong>irda-tools</strong>
package from the <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>.
After the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device name
from the console as follows:
<code>irattach irda0</code></td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo
dive computer and download dive information.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. Windows-based IrDA
drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on
the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not
available for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF file
for every dive.
Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by
<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the DR5.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" option in BLACK’s logbook menu.
When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are available in LOGBOOK directory.
Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by
<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP BLACK.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications
adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, obtained when purchasing
the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration
of equipment and storage of dive logs. Communication between dive computer and
desktop computer utilizes the IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive
can be downloaded at a time, in three files:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log information.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are downloaded using
a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained when
purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>,
within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and managed from within
<em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types of dive computer). The
APD inspiration dive logs are imported into <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text file
with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import
dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required,
do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD dive computer
for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the
first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible to sequentially
import the data for both dive computers by first importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs
for the two dive computers are viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from
the Main Menu after the uploading has been completed)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- generated ceiling
provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the appropriate
button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data are not logged
by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly performed
using
the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on
<em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more information about which
can be found
<a href="#Unified_import">here.</a>
However, in some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
<em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
data from foreign
dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
conventions to export dive log data.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the appropriate
dives.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and
select the last dive
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called <em>Export Path</em>.
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
A file-manager like window pops up
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Navigate to the directory for storing the
Divelog.SDE file
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Optionally change the name of the file for saving
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs.
To export a divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database
where the dives are stored. You can either look for the original
database or make a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Help → About</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open Windows Explorer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll
use DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Save</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can
be directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy
of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Within Dive Organizer, select
<em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and back up the database to the desk
top.
This creates a zipped file DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Rename the file to
DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a file
<em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
</td>
<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to
convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not
include all the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and
information of what units are used. With database import, all this
information is included and readily available.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Select <em>Settings</em> button
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Close the Settings dialog
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’
save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_d_exporting_a_spreadsheet_to_csv_format">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a spreadsheet
with various fields of information. These logs can be easily imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the
spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV file.
This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook stored in a spreadsheet
to a .CSV file that will later be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>.
Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is somewhat different
according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row
contains the names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored in a single row.
<em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date,
Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags).
Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div>
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
<li>
<p>
Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Unit system: only one unit system should be used (no mix of imperial and metric units)
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
GPS position: use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798
=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em>
</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar.
In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like this:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not accessible
from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft Control Panel</em>. After changing the
separator character, all software on the Windows machine uses the new character as a separator.
You can change the character back to the default character by following the same procedure, outlined below.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Do one of the following:
</p>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize this format</em>.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited file, type the word TAB in the box.
</p>
</li>
<li>
<p>
Click <em>OK</em> twice.
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the
spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the
bottom of the dialogue, marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the appropriate folder has been
selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the
folder that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by
opening it with a text editor, then import the dive data as
explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs to
produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well as a simple
Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>,
<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified templates are stored as HTML
files in the same directory as the dive log being processed. In order to create or modify
a template, select one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color template used for printing the dive log.
The style attributes are editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for printing the dive log. The colors are highly
customizable: the <em>Edit</em> buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a template using HTML as well as a few
Grantlee programming primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in
a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and saved. The saved
template is stored in the same directory as the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em>
template is a skeleton with no specific print instructions. The information printed
needs to be specified and formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with:
"<!-- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions allows unlimited
freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it should be rendered.</p></div>
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
<div class="content">
<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
</div>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives,
Table) can be modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in the print
dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
.template.html</p></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
<h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
{% endfor %}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
<h1> 2 </h1>
<h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td>
</tr>
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sumWeight</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the summed weight of all used weight systems</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">startPressure</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the start pressure</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">endPressure</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the end pressure</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">firstGas</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) first used gas</p></td>
</tr>
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as <em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically
editable template. The exported data is shown in the following table:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable contains a single member:</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="50%" />
<col width="50%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">template.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
{{ print_options.grayscale }};
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="title">output.html</div>
<div class="content">
<pre><code> body {
-webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
}</code></pre>
</div></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special <em>CSS</em> selectors to searche
in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the following table should be added.</p></div>
<div class="tableblock">
<table rules="all"
width="100%"
frame="border"
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<col width="33%" />
<tbody>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to
fit as many dives as possible into one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the rendering mode.</p></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render 6 dives per page:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="ulist"><ul>
<li>
<p>
render as much dives as possible:
</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<div class="literalblock">
<div class="content">
<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
</div></div>
<div class="admonitionblock">
<table><tr>
<td class="icon">
<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
</td>
<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any page size.</td>
</tr></table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
<div class="sectionbody">
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em>
miscalculating?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates gas
consumption differently - and better - than you expect.
In particular, it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account.
Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be:
<code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive theory.
But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually don’t compress
linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that one atmosphere of
pressure isn’t actually one bar.
So the <strong>real</strong> calculation is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a fairly
small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do high-pressure
tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the majority of your discrepancy).
Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM.
The compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down
about eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface pressure.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated.
Or be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did.
And as mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really
starts becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, divetime, SAC, etc).
<em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to trigger the "dive started")
but then come back up and wait five minutes for your buddies, your dive computer may say
that your dive is 50 minutes long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but
subsurface will say it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes.
It’s even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when
you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it at the surface. And then
you don’t want that to count as some kind of long dive”.</p></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones,
even though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of
e.g. 999 dives?
<em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log.
The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store
the dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The
exact amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on
sample interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the
oldest dives get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to
download the last 13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software
before they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can
import these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they
cannot be salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
<div id="footer">
<div id="footer-text">
2016-11-08 05:16:18 +00:00
Last updated 2016-11-07 21:11:40 PST
2016-03-14 16:19:27 +00:00
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>
